Sema.h revision 642038d7c5855b54afbca298631da93b7889d4a5
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 50#include <deque> 51#include <string> 52#include <vector> 53 54namespace llvm { 55 class APSInt; 56 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 57 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 58 class SmallBitVector; 59} 60 61namespace clang { 62 class ADLResult; 63 class ASTConsumer; 64 class ASTContext; 65 class ASTMutationListener; 66 class ASTReader; 67 class ASTWriter; 68 class ArrayType; 69 class AttributeList; 70 class BlockDecl; 71 class CapturedDecl; 72 class CXXBasePath; 73 class CXXBasePaths; 74 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 75 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 76 class CXXConstructorDecl; 77 class CXXConversionDecl; 78 class CXXDestructorDecl; 79 class CXXFieldCollector; 80 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 81 class CXXMethodDecl; 82 class CXXScopeSpec; 83 class CXXTemporary; 84 class CXXTryStmt; 85 class CallExpr; 86 class ClassTemplateDecl; 87 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 88 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 89 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 90 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 91 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 92 class CodeCompletionResult; 93 class Decl; 94 class DeclAccessPair; 95 class DeclContext; 96 class DeclRefExpr; 97 class DeclaratorDecl; 98 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 99 class DependentDiagnostic; 100 class DesignatedInitExpr; 101 class Designation; 102 class EnumConstantDecl; 103 class Expr; 104 class ExtVectorType; 105 class ExternalSemaSource; 106 class FormatAttr; 107 class FriendDecl; 108 class FunctionDecl; 109 class FunctionProtoType; 110 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 111 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 112 class InitListExpr; 113 class InitializationKind; 114 class InitializationSequence; 115 class InitializedEntity; 116 class IntegerLiteral; 117 class LabelStmt; 118 class LambdaExpr; 119 class LangOptions; 120 class LocalInstantiationScope; 121 class LookupResult; 122 class MacroInfo; 123 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 124 class NamedDecl; 125 class NonNullAttr; 126 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 127 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 128 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 129 class ObjCContainerDecl; 130 class ObjCImplDecl; 131 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 132 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 133 class ObjCIvarDecl; 134 template <class T> class ObjCList; 135 class ObjCMessageExpr; 136 class ObjCMethodDecl; 137 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 138 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 139 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 140 class OverloadCandidateSet; 141 class OverloadExpr; 142 class ParenListExpr; 143 class ParmVarDecl; 144 class Preprocessor; 145 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 146 class PseudoObjectExpr; 147 class QualType; 148 class StandardConversionSequence; 149 class Stmt; 150 class StringLiteral; 151 class SwitchStmt; 152 class TargetAttributesSema; 153 class TemplateArgument; 154 class TemplateArgumentList; 155 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 156 class TemplateDecl; 157 class TemplateParameterList; 158 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 159 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 160 class Token; 161 class TypeAliasDecl; 162 class TypedefDecl; 163 class TypedefNameDecl; 164 class TypeLoc; 165 class UnqualifiedId; 166 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 167 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 168 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 169 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 170 class UsingDecl; 171 class UsingShadowDecl; 172 class ValueDecl; 173 class VarDecl; 174 class VisibilityAttr; 175 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 176 class IndirectFieldDecl; 177 178namespace sema { 179 class AccessedEntity; 180 class BlockScopeInfo; 181 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 182 class CapturingScopeInfo; 183 class CompoundScopeInfo; 184 class DelayedDiagnostic; 185 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 186 class FunctionScopeInfo; 187 class LambdaScopeInfo; 188 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 189 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 190} 191 192// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 193// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 194typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 195 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 196 197/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 198class Sema { 199 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 200 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 201 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 202 203 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 204 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 205 206 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 207 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 208 209 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 210 211 static bool 212 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 213 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 214 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 215 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 216 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 217 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 218 // with internal linkage. 219 return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible(); 220 } 221 222public: 223 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 224 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 225 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 226 227 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 228 FPOptions FPFeatures; 229 230 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 231 Preprocessor &PP; 232 ASTContext &Context; 233 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 234 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 235 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 236 237 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 238 bool CollectStats; 239 240 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 241 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 242 243 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 244 DeclContext *CurContext; 245 246 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 247 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 248 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 249 250 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 251 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 252 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 253 254 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 255 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 256 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 257 258 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 259 260 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 261 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 262 263 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 264 /// 265 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 266 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 267 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 268 269 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 270 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 271 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 272 273 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 274 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 275 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 276 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 277 278 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 279 280 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 281 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 282 /// 283 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 284 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 285 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 286 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 287 288 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 289 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 290 ExtVectorDeclsType; 291 292 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 293 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 294 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 295 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 296 297 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 298 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 299 300 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 301 302 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 303 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 304 305 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 306 307 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 308 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 309 /// same list more than once. 310 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 311 312 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 313 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 314 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 315 316 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 317 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 318 /// 319 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 320 /// scopes, e.g., 321 /// 322 /// \code 323 /// extern "C" void f() { 324 /// void foo(int, int); 325 /// } 326 /// \endcode 327 /// 328 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 329 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 330 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 331 /// 332 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 333 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 334 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 335 /// for compatibility. 336 /// 337 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 338 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 339 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 340 /// not visible. 341 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 342 343 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 344 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 345 346 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 347 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 348 TentativeDefinitionsType; 349 350 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 351 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 352 353 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 354 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 355 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 356 357 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 358 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 359 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 360 361 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 362 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 363 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 364 365 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 366 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 367 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 368 369 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 370 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 371 /// exception spec. 372 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 373 374 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 375 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 376 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 377 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 378 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 379 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 380 381 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 382 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 383 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 384 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 385 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 386 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 387 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 388 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 389 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 390 391 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 392 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 393 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 394 void *OpaqueParser; 395 396 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 397 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 398 OpaqueParser = P; 399 } 400 401 class DelayedDiagnostics; 402 403 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 404 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 405 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 406 }; 407 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 408 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 409 410 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 411 /// during parsing and other processing. 412 class DelayedDiagnostics { 413 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 414 /// diagnostics should go. 415 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 416 417 public: 418 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 419 420 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 421 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 422 423 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 424 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 425 426 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 427 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 428 return CurPool; 429 } 430 431 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 432 /// collected in this pool. 433 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 434 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 435 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 436 CurPool = &pool; 437 return state; 438 } 439 440 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 441 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 442 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 443 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 444 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 445 } 446 447 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 448 /// not delayed. 449 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 450 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 451 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 452 CurPool = 0; 453 return state; 454 } 455 456 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 457 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 458 assert(CurPool == NULL); 459 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 460 } 461 } DelayedDiagnostics; 462 463 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 464 class ContextRAII { 465 private: 466 Sema &S; 467 DeclContext *SavedContext; 468 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 469 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 470 471 public: 472 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 473 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 474 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 475 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 476 { 477 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 478 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 479 } 480 481 void pop() { 482 if (!SavedContext) return; 483 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 484 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 485 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 486 SavedContext = 0; 487 } 488 489 ~ContextRAII() { 490 pop(); 491 } 492 }; 493 494 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 495 /// a function body. 496 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 497 Sema &S; 498 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 499 500 public: 501 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 502 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 503 { 504 S.PushFunctionScope(); 505 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 506 } 507 508 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 509 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 510 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 511 } 512 }; 513 514 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 515 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 516 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 517 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 518 519 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 520 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 521 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 522 /// in the currently selected standard. 523 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 524 525 526 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 527 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 528 529 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 530 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 531 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 532 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 533 /// It would be best to refactor this. 534 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 535 536 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 537 538 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 539 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 540 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 541 Scope *TUScope; 542 543 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 544 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 545 546 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 547 /// standard library. 548 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 549 550 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 551 /// \<initializer_list>. 552 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 553 554 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 555 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 556 557 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 558 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 559 560 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 561 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 565 566 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 567 QualType NSNumberPointer; 568 569 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 570 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 573 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 574 575 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 576 QualType NSStringPointer; 577 578 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 579 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 580 581 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 582 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 583 584 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 585 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 586 587 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 588 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 589 590 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 591 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 592 593 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 594 QualType QIDNSCopying; 595 596 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 597 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 598 599 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 600 /// have been declared. 601 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 602 603 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 604 /// references to fields. This is really a 605 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 606 607 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 608 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 609 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 610 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 611 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 612 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 613 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 614 /// run time. 615 Unevaluated, 616 617 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 618 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 619 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 620 UnevaluatedAbstract, 621 622 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 623 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 624 /// cases in a switch statment). 625 ConstantEvaluated, 626 627 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 628 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 629 /// expression at run time. 630 PotentiallyEvaluated, 631 632 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 633 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 634 /// in fact the current expression is used. 635 /// 636 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 637 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 638 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 639 /// until the default argument is used. 640 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 641 }; 642 643 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 644 /// expression evaluation contexts. 645 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 646 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 647 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 648 649 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 650 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 651 652 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 653 bool IsDecltype; 654 655 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 656 /// this expression evaluation context. 657 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 658 659 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 660 661 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 662 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 663 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 664 665 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 666 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 667 /// default function argument. 668 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 669 670 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 671 /// within this context. 672 /// 673 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 674 /// do not have lambda expressions. 675 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 676 677 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 678 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 679 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 680 681 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 682 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 683 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 684 685 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 686 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 687 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 688 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 689 bool IsDecltype) 690 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 691 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 692 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 693 694 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 695 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 696 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 697 if (!LambdaMangle) 698 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 699 return *LambdaMangle; 700 } 701 702 bool isUnevaluated() const { 703 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 704 } 705 }; 706 707 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 708 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 709 710 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 711 /// function. 712 /// 713 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 714 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 715 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 716 public: 717 enum Kind { 718 NoMemberOrDeleted, 719 Ambiguous, 720 Success 721 }; 722 723 private: 724 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 725 726 public: 727 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 728 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 729 {} 730 731 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 732 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 733 734 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 735 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 736 }; 737 738 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 739 /// for C++ records. 740 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 741 742 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 743 /// 744 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 745 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 746 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 747 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 748 /// checks. 749 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 750 751 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 752 753 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 754 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 755 756 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 757 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 758 759 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 760 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 761 /// 762 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 763 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 764 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 765 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 766 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 767 768 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 769 // argument locations. 770 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 771 772 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 773 /// definition in this translation unit. 774 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 775 776 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 777 void getUndefinedButUsed( 778 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 779 780 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 781 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 782 783 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 784 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 785 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 786 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 787 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 788 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 789 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 790 791 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 792 /// of -Wselector. 793 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 794 795 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 796 enum CXXSpecialMember { 797 CXXDefaultConstructor, 798 CXXCopyConstructor, 799 CXXMoveConstructor, 800 CXXCopyAssignment, 801 CXXMoveAssignment, 802 CXXDestructor, 803 CXXInvalid 804 }; 805 806 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 807 808 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 809 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 810 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 811 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 812 813 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 814 815 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 816 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 817 818 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 819 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 820 /// should not be used elsewhere. 821 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 822 823 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 824 /// statements. 825 class FPContractStateRAII { 826 public: 827 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 828 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 829 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 830 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 831 } 832 private: 833 Sema& S; 834 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 835 }; 836 837 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 838 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 839 840public: 841 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 842 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 843 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 844 ~Sema(); 845 846 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 847 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 848 void Initialize(); 849 850 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 851 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 852 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 853 854 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 855 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 856 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 857 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 858 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 859 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 860 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 861 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 862 863 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 864 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 865 /// 866 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 867 /// 868 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 869 870 void PrintStats() const; 871 872 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 873 /// template instantiation stacks. 874 /// 875 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 876 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 877 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 878 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 879 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 880 /// well. 881 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 882 Sema &SemaRef; 883 unsigned DiagID; 884 885 public: 886 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 887 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 888 889 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 890 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 891 if (!isActive()) return; 892 893 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 894 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 895 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 896 // 897 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 898 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 899 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 900 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 901 // eliminate that code. 902 FlushCounts(); 903 Clear(); 904 905 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 906 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 907 } 908 909 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. 910 template<typename T> 911 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( 912 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { 913 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; 914 BaseDiag << Value; 915 return Diag; 916 } 917 }; 918 919 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 920 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 921 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 922 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 923 } 924 925 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 926 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 927 928 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 929 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 930 931 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 932 933 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 934 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 935 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 936 937 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 938 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 939 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 940 941 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 942 943 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 944 945 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 946 947 void PushFunctionScope(); 948 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 949 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 950 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 951 RecordDecl *RD, 952 CapturedRegionKind K); 953 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 954 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 955 956 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 957 return FunctionScopes.back(); 958 } 959 960 template <typename ExprT> 961 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { 962 if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) 963 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); 964 } 965 966 void PushCompoundScope(); 967 void PopCompoundScope(); 968 969 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 970 971 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 972 973 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 974 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 975 976 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 977 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 978 979 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 980 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 981 982 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 983 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 984 985 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 986 987 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 988 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 989 // 990 991 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 992 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 993 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 994 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 995 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 996 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 997 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 998 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 999 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1000 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 1001 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 1002 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 1003 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 1004 1005 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1006 1007 /// \brief Build a function type. 1008 /// 1009 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 1010 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 1011 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 1012 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 1013 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 1014 /// 1015 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1016 /// 1017 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1018 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1019 /// function parameters. 1020 /// 1021 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1022 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1023 /// type that will have function type. 1024 /// 1025 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1026 /// type, if known. 1027 /// 1028 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1029 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1030 /// 1031 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1032 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1033 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1034 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1035 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1036 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1037 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1038 1039 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1040 SourceLocation Loc, 1041 DeclarationName Entity); 1042 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1043 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1044 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1045 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1046 1047 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1048 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1049 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1050 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1051 1052 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1053 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1054 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1055 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1056 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1057 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1058 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1059 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1060 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1061 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1062 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1063 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1064 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1065 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1066 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1067 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1068 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1069 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1070 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1071 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1072 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1073 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1074 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1075 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1076 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1077 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1078 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1079 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1080 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1081 1082 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1083 1084 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1085 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1086 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1087 1088 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1089 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1090 bool Suppressed; 1091 1092 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1093 1094 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1095 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1096 }; 1097 1098 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1099 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1100 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1101 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1102 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1103 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1104 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1105 return II; 1106 } 1107 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1108 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1109 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1110 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1111 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1112 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1113 1114 template<typename T1> 1115 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1116 unsigned DiagID; 1117 const T1 &Arg1; 1118 1119 public: 1120 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1121 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1122 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1123 if (Suppressed) return; 1124 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1125 } 1126 1127 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1128 }; 1129 1130 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1131 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1132 unsigned DiagID; 1133 const T1 &Arg1; 1134 const T2 &Arg2; 1135 1136 public: 1137 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1138 const T2 &Arg2) 1139 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1140 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1141 1142 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1143 if (Suppressed) return; 1144 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1145 } 1146 1147 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1148 }; 1149 1150 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1151 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1152 unsigned DiagID; 1153 const T1 &Arg1; 1154 const T2 &Arg2; 1155 const T3 &Arg3; 1156 1157 public: 1158 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1159 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1160 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1161 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1162 1163 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1164 if (Suppressed) return; 1165 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1166 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1167 } 1168 1169 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1170 }; 1171 1172 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1173 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1174 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1175 unsigned DiagID); 1176 1177 template<typename T1> 1178 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1179 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1180 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1181 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1182 } 1183 1184 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1185 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1186 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1187 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1188 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1189 } 1190 1191 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1192 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1193 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1194 const T3 &Arg3) { 1195 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1196 Arg3); 1197 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1198 } 1199 1200 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1201 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1202 1203 template<typename T1> 1204 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1205 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1206 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1207 } 1208 1209 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1210 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1211 const T2 &Arg2) { 1212 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1213 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1214 } 1215 1216 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1217 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1218 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1219 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1220 Arg3); 1221 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1222 } 1223 1224 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1225 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1226 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1227 1228 template<typename T1> 1229 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1230 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1231 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1232 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1233 } 1234 1235 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1236 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1237 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1238 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1239 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1240 } 1241 1242 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1243 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1244 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1245 const T3 &Arg3) { 1246 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1247 Arg3); 1248 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1249 } 1250 1251 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1252 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1253 1254 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1255 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1256 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1257 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1258 SourceLocation Loc); 1259 1260 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1261 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1262 // 1263 1264 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1265 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1266 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1267 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1268 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1269 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1270 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1271 /// such as: 1272 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1273 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1274 1275 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1276 1277 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1278 1279 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1280 1281 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1282 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1283 bool isClassName = false, 1284 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1285 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1286 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1287 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1288 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1289 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1290 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1291 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1292 SourceLocation IILoc, 1293 Scope *S, 1294 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1295 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1296 1297 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1298 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1299 enum NameClassificationKind { 1300 NC_Unknown, 1301 NC_Error, 1302 NC_Keyword, 1303 NC_Type, 1304 NC_Expression, 1305 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1306 NC_TypeTemplate, 1307 NC_FunctionTemplate 1308 }; 1309 1310 class NameClassification { 1311 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1312 ExprResult Expr; 1313 TemplateName Template; 1314 ParsedType Type; 1315 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1316 1317 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1318 1319 public: 1320 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1321 1322 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1323 1324 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1325 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1326 1327 static NameClassification Error() { 1328 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1329 } 1330 1331 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1332 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1333 } 1334 1335 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1336 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1337 } 1338 1339 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1340 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1341 Result.Template = Name; 1342 return Result; 1343 } 1344 1345 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1346 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1347 Result.Template = Name; 1348 return Result; 1349 } 1350 1351 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1352 1353 ParsedType getType() const { 1354 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1355 return Type; 1356 } 1357 1358 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1359 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1360 return Expr; 1361 } 1362 1363 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1364 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1365 return Template; 1366 } 1367 1368 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1369 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1370 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1371 } 1372 }; 1373 1374 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1375 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1376 /// 1377 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1378 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1379 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1380 /// 1381 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1382 /// 1383 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1384 /// 1385 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1386 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1387 /// 1388 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1389 /// 1390 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1391 /// disambiguate the name. 1392 /// 1393 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1394 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1395 /// expression. 1396 /// 1397 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1398 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1399 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1400 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1401 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1402 const Token &NextToken, 1403 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1404 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1405 1406 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1407 1408 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1409 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1410 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); 1411 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1412 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1413 DeclarationName Name, 1414 SourceLocation Loc); 1415 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1416 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1417 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1418 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1419 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1420 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1421 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1422 LookupResult &Previous); 1423 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1424 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1425 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1426 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1427 LookupResult &Previous, 1428 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1429 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1430 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1431 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1432 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1433 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1434 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1435 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1436 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1437 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1438 LookupResult &Previous, 1439 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1440 bool &AddToScope); 1441 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1442 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1443 1444 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1445 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1446 1447 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1448 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1449 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1450 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1451 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1452 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1453 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1454 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1455 SourceLocation Loc, 1456 QualType T); 1457 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1458 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1459 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1460 StorageClass SC); 1461 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1462 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1463 Expr *defarg); 1464 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1465 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1466 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1467 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1468 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1469 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1470 1471 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1472 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1473 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1474 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1475 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1476 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1477 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1478 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1479 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1480 Decl **Group, 1481 unsigned NumDecls); 1482 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1483 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1484 1485 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1486 /// documentation comments. 1487 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1488 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1489 1490 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1491 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1492 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1493 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1494 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1495 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1496 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1497 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1498 } 1499 1500 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1501 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1502 /// code for that function. 1503 /// 1504 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1505 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1506 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1507 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1508 1509 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1510 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1511 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1512 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1513 1514 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1515 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1516 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1517 1518 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1519 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1520 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1521 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1522 1523 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1524 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1525 /// specified threshold. 1526 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1527 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1528 QualType ReturnTy, 1529 NamedDecl *D); 1530 1531 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1532 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1533 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1534 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1535 1536 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1537 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1538 AttributeList *AttrList, 1539 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1540 1541 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1542 /// 1543 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1544 /// 1545 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1546 /// 1547 /// \param Path The module access path. 1548 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1549 ModuleIdPath Path); 1550 1551 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1552 /// source location. 1553 /// 1554 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1555 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1556 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1557 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1558 1559 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1560 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1561 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1562 } 1563 1564 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1565 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1566 const Preprocessor &PP); 1567 1568 /// Scope actions. 1569 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1570 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1571 1572 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1573 DeclSpec &DS); 1574 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1575 DeclSpec &DS, 1576 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1577 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1578 1579 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1580 AccessSpecifier AS, 1581 RecordDecl *Record); 1582 1583 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1584 RecordDecl *Record); 1585 1586 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1587 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1588 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1589 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1590 1591 enum TagUseKind { 1592 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1593 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1594 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1595 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1596 }; 1597 1598 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1599 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1600 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1601 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1602 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1603 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1604 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1605 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1606 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1607 1608 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1609 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1610 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1611 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1612 AttributeList *Attr, 1613 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1614 1615 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1616 unsigned TagSpec, 1617 TagUseKind TUK, 1618 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1619 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1620 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1621 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1622 1623 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1624 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1625 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1626 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1627 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1628 1629 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1630 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1631 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1632 AccessSpecifier AS); 1633 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1634 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1635 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1636 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1637 AccessSpecifier AS, 1638 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1639 1640 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1641 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1642 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1643 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1644 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1645 SourceLocation TSSL, 1646 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1647 Declarator *D = 0); 1648 1649 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1650 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1651 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1652 bool Diagnose = false); 1653 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1654 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1655 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1656 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1657 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1658 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1659 1660 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1661 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1662 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1663 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1664 AttributeList *AttrList); 1665 1666 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1667 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1668 /// struct, or union). 1669 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1670 1671 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1672 1673 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1674 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1675 /// member declarations. 1676 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1677 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1678 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1679 1680 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1681 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1682 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1683 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1684 1685 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1686 1687 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1688 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1689 /// 1690 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1691 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1692 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1693 1694 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1695 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1696 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1697 1698 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1699 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1700 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1701 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1702 Expr *val); 1703 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1704 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1705 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1706 1707 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1708 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1709 AttributeList *Attrs, 1710 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1711 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1712 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1713 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1714 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1715 1716 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1717 1718 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1719 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1720 void PopDeclContext(); 1721 1722 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1723 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1724 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1725 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1726 1727 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1728 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1729 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1730 1731 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1732 1733 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1734 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1735 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1736 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1737 1738 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1739 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1740 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1741 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1742 1743 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1744 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1745 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1746 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1747 1748 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1749 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1750 1751 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1752 /// top level scope. 1753 /// 1754 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1755 /// 1756 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1757 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1758 1759 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1760 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1761 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1762 /// 1763 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1764 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1765 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1766 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1767 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1768 1769 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1770 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1771 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1772 1773 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1774 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1775 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1776 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1777 1778 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1779 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1780 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1781 VersionTuple Introduced, 1782 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1783 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1784 bool IsUnavailable, 1785 StringRef Message, 1786 bool Override, 1787 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1788 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1789 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1790 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1791 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1792 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1793 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1794 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1795 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1796 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1797 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1798 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1799 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1800 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1801 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1802 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1803 1804 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1805 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1806 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1807 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1808 AMK_None, 1809 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1810 /// an exact match. 1811 AMK_Redeclaration, 1812 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1813 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1814 AMK_Override 1815 }; 1816 1817 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1818 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1819 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1820 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1821 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1822 Scope *S); 1823 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1824 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1825 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1826 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1827 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1828 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1829 1830 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1831 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1832 enum AssignmentAction { 1833 AA_Assigning, 1834 AA_Passing, 1835 AA_Returning, 1836 AA_Converting, 1837 AA_Initializing, 1838 AA_Sending, 1839 AA_Casting 1840 }; 1841 1842 /// C++ Overloading. 1843 enum OverloadKind { 1844 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1845 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1846 Ovl_Overload, 1847 1848 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1849 /// an existing declaration. 1850 Ovl_Match, 1851 1852 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1853 /// non-function. 1854 Ovl_NonFunction 1855 }; 1856 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1857 FunctionDecl *New, 1858 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1859 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1860 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1861 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1862 1863 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1864 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1865 /// 1866 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1867 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1868 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1869 1870 ImplicitConversionSequence 1871 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1872 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1873 bool AllowExplicit, 1874 bool InOverloadResolution, 1875 bool CStyle, 1876 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1877 1878 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1879 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1880 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1881 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1882 bool InOverloadResolution, 1883 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1884 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1885 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1886 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1887 QualType &ConvertedType); 1888 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1889 QualType& ConvertedType); 1890 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1891 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1892 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1893 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1894 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1895 1896 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1897 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1898 CastKind &Kind, 1899 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1900 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1901 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1902 bool InOverloadResolution, 1903 QualType &ConvertedType); 1904 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1905 CastKind &Kind, 1906 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1907 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1908 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1909 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1910 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1911 QualType &ResultTy); 1912 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1913 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1914 1915 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1916 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1917 QualType ResultType, 1918 Expr *Value, 1919 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1920 1921 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1922 ExprResult Init); 1923 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1924 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1925 ExprResult Init, 1926 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1927 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1928 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1929 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1930 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1931 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1932 1933 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1934 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1935 1936 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1937 enum CCEKind { 1938 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1939 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1940 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1941 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. 1942 }; 1943 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1944 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1945 1946 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit 1947 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. 1948 class ContextualImplicitConverter { 1949 public: 1950 bool Suppress; 1951 bool SuppressConversion; 1952 1953 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, 1954 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1955 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} 1956 1957 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type 1958 /// for this conversion. 1959 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; 1960 1961 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1962 /// integral or enumeration type. 1963 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1964 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1965 1966 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1967 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1968 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1969 1970 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1971 /// is explicit. 1972 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1973 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1974 1975 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1976 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1977 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1978 1979 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1980 /// functions. 1981 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1982 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1983 1984 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1985 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 1986 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1987 1988 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1989 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1990 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( 1991 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1992 1993 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} 1994 }; 1995 1996 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 1997 bool AllowScopedEnumerations; 1998 1999 public: 2000 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, 2001 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) 2002 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), 2003 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} 2004 2005 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. 2006 bool match(QualType T); 2007 2008 SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2009 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 2010 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); 2011 } 2012 2013 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 2014 /// integral or enumeration type. 2015 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder 2016 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 2017 }; 2018 2019 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. 2020 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( 2021 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); 2022 2023 2024 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 2025 OS_Array, 2026 OS_Dictionary, 2027 OS_Error 2028 }; 2029 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 2030 2031 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 2032 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 2033 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 2034 LK_Array, 2035 LK_Dictionary, 2036 LK_Numeric, 2037 LK_Boxed, 2038 LK_String, 2039 LK_Block, 2040 LK_None 2041 }; 2042 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2043 2044 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2045 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2046 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2047 NamedDecl *Member); 2048 2049 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2050 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2051 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2052 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2053 2054 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2055 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2056 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2057 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2058 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2059 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2060 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2061 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2062 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2063 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2064 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2065 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2066 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2067 QualType ObjectType, 2068 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2069 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2070 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2071 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2072 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2073 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2074 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2075 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2076 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2077 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2078 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2079 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2080 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2081 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2082 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2083 QualType ObjectType, 2084 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2085 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2086 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2087 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2088 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2089 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2090 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2091 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2092 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2093 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2094 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2095 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2096 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2097 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2098 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2099 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2100 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2101 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2102 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2103 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2104 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2105 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2106 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2107 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2108 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2109 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2110 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2111 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2112 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2113 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2114 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2115 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2116 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2117 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2118 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2119 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2120 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2121 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2122 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2123 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2124 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2125 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2126 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2127 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2128 2129 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2130 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2131 2132 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2133 // identified by the expression Expr 2134 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2135 2136 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2137 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2138 // R (A) --> R(A) 2139 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2140 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2141 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2142 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2143 2144 FunctionDecl * 2145 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2146 QualType TargetType, 2147 bool Complain, 2148 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2149 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2150 2151 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2152 bool Complain = false, 2153 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2154 2155 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2156 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2157 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2158 bool Complain = false, 2159 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2160 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2161 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2162 2163 2164 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2165 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2166 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2167 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2168 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2169 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2170 2171 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2172 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2173 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2174 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2175 2176 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2177 // range-based for loop. 2178 enum ForRangeStatus { 2179 FRS_Success, 2180 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2181 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2182 }; 2183 2184 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2185 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2186 enum BeginEndFunction { 2187 BEF_begin, 2188 BEF_end 2189 }; 2190 2191 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2192 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2193 VarDecl *Decl, 2194 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2195 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2196 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2197 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2198 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2199 2200 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2201 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2202 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2203 MultiExprArg Args, 2204 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2205 Expr *ExecConfig, 2206 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2207 2208 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2209 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2210 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2211 ExprResult *Result); 2212 2213 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2214 unsigned Opc, 2215 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2216 Expr *input); 2217 2218 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2219 unsigned Opc, 2220 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2221 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2222 2223 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2224 SourceLocation RLoc, 2225 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2226 2227 ExprResult 2228 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2229 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2230 MultiExprArg Args, 2231 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2232 ExprResult 2233 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2234 MultiExprArg Args, 2235 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2236 2237 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2238 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2239 2240 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2241 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2242 /// that best represents the call. 2243 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2244 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2245 2246 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2247 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param, 2248 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd, 2249 bool CheckParameterNames); 2250 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2251 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2252 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2253 2254 /// \name Name lookup 2255 /// 2256 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2257 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2258 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2259 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2260 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2261 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2262 /// 2263 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2264 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2265 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2266 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2267 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2268 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2269 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2270 /// 2271 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2272 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2273 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2274 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2275 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2276 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2277 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2278 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2279 //@{ 2280 2281 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2282 enum LookupNameKind { 2283 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2284 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2285 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2286 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2287 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2288 /// structs, and unions. 2289 LookupTagName, 2290 /// Label name lookup. 2291 LookupLabel, 2292 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2293 /// class/struct/union members. 2294 LookupMemberName, 2295 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2296 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2297 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2298 LookupOperatorName, 2299 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2300 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2301 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2302 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2303 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2304 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2305 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2306 LookupNamespaceName, 2307 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2308 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2309 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2310 LookupUsingDeclName, 2311 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2312 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2313 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2314 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2315 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2316 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2317 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2318 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2319 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2320 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2321 LookupAnyName 2322 }; 2323 2324 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2325 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2326 enum RedeclarationKind { 2327 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2328 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2329 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2330 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2331 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2332 ForRedeclaration 2333 }; 2334 2335 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2336 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2337 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2338 LOLR_Error, 2339 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2340 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2341 LOLR_Cooked, 2342 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2343 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2344 LOLR_Raw, 2345 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2346 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2347 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2348 LOLR_Template 2349 }; 2350 2351 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2352 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2353 bool ConstArg, 2354 bool VolatileArg, 2355 bool RValueThis, 2356 bool ConstThis, 2357 bool VolatileThis); 2358 2359private: 2360 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2361 2362 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2363 // 2364 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2365 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2366 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2367 2368 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2369 /// source. 2370 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2371 2372public: 2373 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2374 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2375 /// 2376 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2377 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2378 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2379 SourceLocation Loc, 2380 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2381 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2382 = NotForRedeclaration); 2383 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2384 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2385 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2386 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2387 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2388 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2389 bool EnteringContext = false); 2390 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2391 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2392 = NotForRedeclaration); 2393 2394 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2395 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2396 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2397 2398 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2399 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2400 2401 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2402 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2403 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2404 unsigned Quals); 2405 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2406 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2407 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2408 unsigned Quals); 2409 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2410 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2411 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2412 2413 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2414 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2415 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2416 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2417 2418 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2419 SourceLocation Loc, 2420 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2421 ADLResult &Functions); 2422 2423 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2424 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2425 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2426 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2427 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2428 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2429 2430 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2431 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2432 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2433 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2434 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2435 bool EnteringContext = false, 2436 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2437 2438 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2439 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2440 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2441 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2442 2443 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2444 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2445 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2446 2447 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2448 //@} 2449 2450 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2451 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2452 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2453 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2454 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2455 SourceLocation Loc); 2456 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2457 Scope *S); 2458 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2459 2460 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2461 2462 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2463 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2464 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2465 bool NonInheritable = true, 2466 bool Inheritable = true); 2467 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2468 bool NonInheritable = true, 2469 bool Inheritable = true, 2470 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2471 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2472 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2473 2474 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2475 2476 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2477 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2478 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2479 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2480 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2481 2482 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2483 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2484 SourceRange Range); 2485 2486 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2487 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2488 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2489 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2490 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2491 2492 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2493 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2494 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2495 2496 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2497 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2498 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2499 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2500 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2501 2502 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2503 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2504 2505 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2506 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2507 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2508 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2509 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2510 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2511 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2512 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2513 2514 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2515 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2516 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2517 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2518 SourceLocation Loc); 2519 2520 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2521 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2522 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2523 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2524 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2525 2526 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2527 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2528 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2529 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2530 2531 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2532 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2533 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2534 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2535 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2536 2537 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2538 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2539 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2540 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2541 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2542 2543 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2544 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2545 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2546 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2547 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2548 2549 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2550 /// class extensions. 2551 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2552 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2553 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2554 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2555 Selector GetterSel, 2556 Selector SetterSel, 2557 const bool isAssign, 2558 const bool isReadWrite, 2559 const unsigned Attributes, 2560 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2561 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2562 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2563 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2564 2565 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2566 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2567 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2568 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2569 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2570 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2571 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2572 Selector GetterSel, 2573 Selector SetterSel, 2574 const bool isAssign, 2575 const bool isReadWrite, 2576 const unsigned Attributes, 2577 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2578 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2579 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2580 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2581 2582 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2583 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2584 /// setter or getter. 2585 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2586 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2587 2588 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2589 2590 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2591 2592 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2593 MMS_loose, 2594 MMS_strict 2595 }; 2596 2597 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2598 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2599 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2600 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2601 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2602 2603 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2604 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2605 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2606 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2607 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2608 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2609 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2610 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2611 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2612 bool ImmediateClass, 2613 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2614 2615 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2616 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2617 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2618 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2619 2620 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2621 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2622 2623private: 2624 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2625 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2626 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2627 2628 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2629 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2630 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2631 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2632 bool warn, bool instance); 2633 2634public: 2635 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2636 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2637 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2638 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2639 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2640 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2641 } 2642 2643 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2644 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2645 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2646 } 2647 2648 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2649 /// pool. 2650 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2651 2652 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2653 /// there are multiple signatures. 2654 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2655 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2656 bool warn=true) { 2657 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2658 warn, /*instance*/true); 2659 } 2660 2661 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2662 /// there are multiple signatures. 2663 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2664 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2665 bool warn=true) { 2666 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2667 warn, /*instance*/false); 2668 } 2669 2670 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, 2671 QualType ObjectType=QualType()); 2672 2673 /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of 2674 /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which 2675 /// have mismathched types. 2676 void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool(); 2677 2678 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2679 /// implementation. 2680 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2681 2682 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2683 /// initialization. 2684 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2685 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2686 2687 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2688 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2689public: 2690 class FullExprArg { 2691 public: 2692 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2693 2694 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2695 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2696 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2697 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2698 2699 ExprResult release() { 2700 return E; 2701 } 2702 2703 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2704 2705 Expr *operator->() { 2706 return E; 2707 } 2708 2709 private: 2710 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2711 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2712 friend class Sema; 2713 2714 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2715 2716 Expr *E; 2717 }; 2718 2719 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2720 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2721 } 2722 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2723 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2724 } 2725 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2726 ExprResult FE = 2727 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2728 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2729 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2730 } 2731 2732 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2733 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2734 2735 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2736 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2737 2738 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2739 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2740 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2741 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2742 bool isStmtExpr); 2743 2744 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2745 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2746 public: 2747 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2748 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2749 } 2750 2751 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2752 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2753 } 2754 2755 private: 2756 Sema &S; 2757 }; 2758 2759 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2760 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2761 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2762 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2763 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2764 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2765 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2766 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2767 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2768 2769 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2770 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2771 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2772 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2773 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2774 2775 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2776 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2777 Stmt *SubStmt); 2778 2779 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2780 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2781 Stmt *ThenVal, 2782 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2783 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2784 Expr *Cond, 2785 Decl *CondVar); 2786 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2787 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2788 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2789 FullExprArg Cond, 2790 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2791 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2792 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2793 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2794 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2795 2796 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2797 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2798 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2799 Decl *SecondVar, 2800 FullExprArg Third, 2801 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2802 Stmt *Body); 2803 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2804 Expr *collection); 2805 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2806 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2807 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2808 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2809 2810 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2811 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2812 BFRK_Build, 2813 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2814 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2815 BFRK_Rebuild, 2816 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2817 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2818 BFRK_Check 2819 }; 2820 2821 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2822 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2823 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2824 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2825 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2826 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2827 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2828 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2829 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2830 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2831 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2832 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2833 2834 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2835 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2836 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2837 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2838 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2839 Expr *DestExp); 2840 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2841 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2842 2843 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2844 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2845 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2846 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2847 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2848 SourceLocation Loc, 2849 unsigned NumParams); 2850 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2851 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2852 2853 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2854 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2855 2856 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2857 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2858 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2859 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2860 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2861 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2862 2863 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2864 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2865 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2866 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2867 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2868 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2869 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2870 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2871 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2872 StringRef AsmString, 2873 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2874 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2875 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2876 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2877 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2878 2879 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2880 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2881 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2882 bool Invalid = false); 2883 2884 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2885 2886 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2887 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2888 2889 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2890 2891 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2892 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2893 2894 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2895 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2896 Scope *CurScope); 2897 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2898 Expr *operand); 2899 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2900 Expr *SynchExpr, 2901 Stmt *SynchBody); 2902 2903 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2904 2905 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2906 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2907 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2908 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2909 2910 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2911 2912 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2913 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2914 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2915 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2916 2917 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2918 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2919 Stmt *TryBlock, 2920 Stmt *Handler); 2921 2922 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2923 Expr *FilterExpr, 2924 Stmt *Block); 2925 2926 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2927 Stmt *Block); 2928 2929 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2930 2931 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2932 2933 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2934 /// of it. 2935 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2936 2937 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2938 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2939 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2940 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2941 2942 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2943 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2944 /// 2945 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2946 /// if (condition); 2947 /// do_stuff(); 2948 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2949 const Stmt *Body, 2950 unsigned DiagID); 2951 2952 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2953 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2954 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2955 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2956 2957 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2958 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2959 } 2960 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2961 2962 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2963 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2964 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2965 } 2966 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2967 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2968 } 2969 2970 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2971 2972 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2973 SourceLocation Loc, 2974 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2975 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2976 2977 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2978 2979 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2980 StringRef message); 2981 2982 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2983 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2984 2985 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2986 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2987 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2988 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2989 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2990 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2991 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2992 SourceLocation Loc); 2993 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2994 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 2995 2996 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2997 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2998 bool IsDecltype = false); 2999 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 3000 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 3001 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 3002 bool IsDecltype = false); 3003 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 3004 3005 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 3006 3007 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 3008 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 3009 3010 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 3011 3012 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 3013 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 3014 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 3015 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 3016 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 3017 // named expressions. 3018 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 3019 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 3020 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 3021 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 3022 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 3023 3024 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 3025 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 3026 3027 enum TryCaptureKind { 3028 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 3029 }; 3030 3031 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3032 /// 3033 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 3034 /// 3035 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 3036 /// 3037 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 3038 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 3039 /// 3040 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 3041 /// an explicit lambda capture. 3042 /// 3043 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 3044 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 3045 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3046 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3047 /// 3048 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3049 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3050 /// variable can be captured. 3051 /// 3052 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3053 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3054 /// captured. 3055 /// 3056 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3057 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3058 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3059 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3060 QualType &CaptureType, 3061 QualType &DeclRefType); 3062 3063 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3064 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3065 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3066 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3067 3068 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3069 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3070 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3071 3072 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3073 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3074 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3075 3076 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3077 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3078 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3079 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3080 bool ForceComplain = false, 3081 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3082 3083 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3084 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3085 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3086 3087 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3088 /// evaluation context. 3089 /// 3090 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3091 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3092 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3093 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3094 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3095 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3096 3097 // Primary Expressions. 3098 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3099 3100 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3101 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3102 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3103 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3104 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0, 3105 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false); 3106 3107 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3108 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3109 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3110 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3111 3112 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3113 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3114 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3115 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3116 3117 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3118 IdentifierInfo *II, 3119 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3120 3121 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3122 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3123 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3124 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3125 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3126 3127 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3128 ExprValueKind VK, 3129 SourceLocation Loc, 3130 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3131 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3132 ExprValueKind VK, 3133 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3134 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3135 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3136 ExprResult 3137 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3138 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3139 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3140 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3141 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3142 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3143 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3144 LookupResult &R, 3145 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3146 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3147 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3148 LookupResult &R, 3149 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3150 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3151 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3152 const LookupResult &R, 3153 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3154 3155 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3156 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3157 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3158 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3159 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3160 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3161 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3162 3163 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3164 LookupResult &R, 3165 bool NeedsADL); 3166 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3167 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3168 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3169 3170 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3171 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3172 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3173 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3174 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3175 3176 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3177 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3178 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3179 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3180 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3181 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3182 SourceLocation R, 3183 MultiExprArg Val); 3184 3185 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3186 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3187 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3188 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3189 3190 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3191 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3192 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3193 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3194 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, 3195 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); 3196 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3197 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3198 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3199 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3200 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, 3201 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); 3202 3203 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3204 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3205 Expr *InputExpr); 3206 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3207 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3208 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3209 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3210 3211 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3212 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3213 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3214 SourceRange R); 3215 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3216 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3217 ExprResult 3218 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3219 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3220 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3221 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3222 3223 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3224 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3225 3226 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3227 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3228 SourceRange ExprRange, 3229 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3230 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3231 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3232 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3233 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3234 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3235 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3236 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3237 3238 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3239 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3240 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3241 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3242 3243 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3244 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3245 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3246 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3247 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3248 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3249 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3250 3251 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3252 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3253 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3254 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3255 // defines a custom operator->). 3256 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3257 Scope *S; 3258 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3259 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3260 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3261 }; 3262 3263 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3264 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3265 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3266 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3267 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3268 LookupResult &R, 3269 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3270 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3271 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3272 3273 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3274 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3275 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3276 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3277 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3278 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3279 3280 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3281 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3282 const LookupResult &R); 3283 3284 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3285 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3286 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3287 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3288 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3289 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3290 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3291 3292 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3293 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3294 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3295 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3296 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3297 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3298 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3299 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3300 3301 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3302 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3303 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3304 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3305 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3306 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3307 bool ExecConfig = false); 3308 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3309 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3310 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3311 3312 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3313 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3314 /// locations. 3315 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3316 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3317 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3318 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3319 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3320 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3321 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3322 Expr *Config = 0, 3323 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3324 3325 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3326 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3327 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3328 3329 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3330 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3331 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3332 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3333 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3334 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3335 Expr *Op); 3336 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3337 3338 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3339 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3340 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3341 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3342 3343 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3344 3345 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3346 ParsedType Ty, 3347 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3348 Expr *InitExpr); 3349 3350 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3351 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3352 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3353 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3354 3355 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3356 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3357 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3358 3359 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3360 SourceLocation Loc, 3361 bool GNUSyntax, 3362 ExprResult Init); 3363 3364 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3365 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3366 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3367 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3368 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3369 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3370 3371 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3372 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3373 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3374 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3375 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3376 3377 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3378 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3379 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3380 3381 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3382 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3383 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3384 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3385 3386 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3387 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3388 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3389 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3390 union { 3391 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3392 Expr *E; 3393 } U; 3394 }; 3395 3396 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3397 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3398 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3399 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3400 unsigned NumComponents, 3401 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3402 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3403 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3404 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3405 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3406 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3407 unsigned NumComponents, 3408 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3409 3410 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3411 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3412 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3413 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3414 3415 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3416 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3417 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3418 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3419 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3420 3421 // __null 3422 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3423 3424 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3425 3426 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3427 enum IfExistsResult { 3428 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3429 IER_Exists, 3430 3431 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3432 IER_DoesNotExist, 3433 3434 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3435 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3436 IER_Dependent, 3437 3438 /// \brief An error occurred. 3439 IER_Error 3440 }; 3441 3442 IfExistsResult 3443 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3444 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3445 3446 IfExistsResult 3447 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3448 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3449 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3450 3451 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3452 bool IsIfExists, 3453 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3454 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3455 Stmt *Nested); 3456 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3457 bool IsIfExists, 3458 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3459 Stmt *Nested); 3460 3461 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3462 3463 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3464 /// started. 3465 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3466 3467 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3468 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3469 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3470 Scope *CurScope); 3471 3472 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3473 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3474 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3475 3476 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3477 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3478 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3479 Scope *CurScope); 3480 3481 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3482 3483 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3484 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3485 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3486 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3487 3488 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3489 3490 // Act on C++ namespaces 3491 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3492 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3493 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3494 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3495 SourceLocation LBrace, 3496 AttributeList *AttrList); 3497 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3498 3499 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3500 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3501 3502 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3503 3504 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3505 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3506 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3507 3508 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3509 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3510 /// 3511 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3512 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3513 3514 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3515 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3516 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3517 3518 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3519 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3520 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3521 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3522 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3523 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3524 AttributeList *AttrList); 3525 3526 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3527 3528 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3529 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3530 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3531 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3532 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3533 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3534 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3535 3536 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3537 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3538 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3539 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3540 NamedDecl *Target); 3541 3542 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3543 bool isTypeName, 3544 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3545 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3546 const LookupResult &Previous); 3547 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3548 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3549 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3550 3551 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3552 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3553 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3554 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3555 AttributeList *AttrList, 3556 bool IsInstantiation, 3557 bool IsTypeName, 3558 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3559 3560 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3561 3562 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3563 AccessSpecifier AS, 3564 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3565 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3566 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3567 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3568 AttributeList *AttrList, 3569 bool IsTypeName, 3570 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3571 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3572 AccessSpecifier AS, 3573 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3574 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3575 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3576 AttributeList *AttrList, 3577 TypeResult Type); 3578 3579 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3580 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3581 /// 3582 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3583 ExprResult 3584 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3585 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3586 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3587 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3588 SourceRange ParenRange); 3589 3590 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3591 // the constructor can be elidable? 3592 ExprResult 3593 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3594 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3595 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3596 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3597 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3598 3599 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3600 /// the default expr if needed. 3601 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3602 FunctionDecl *FD, 3603 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3604 3605 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3606 /// constructed variable. 3607 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3608 3609 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3610 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3611 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3612 // Pointer to allow copying 3613 Sema *Self; 3614 // We order exception specifications thus: 3615 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3616 // throw() comes next. 3617 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3618 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3619 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3620 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3621 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3622 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3623 3624 void ClearExceptions() { 3625 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3626 Exceptions.clear(); 3627 } 3628 3629 public: 3630 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3631 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3632 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3633 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3634 } 3635 3636 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3637 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3638 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3639 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3640 return ComputedEST; 3641 } 3642 3643 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3644 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3645 3646 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3647 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3648 3649 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3650 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3651 3652 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3653 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3654 3655 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3656 /// computed exception specification. 3657 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3658 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3659 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3660 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3661 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3662 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3663 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3664 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3665 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3666 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3667 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3668 tok::kw_false).take(); 3669 } 3670 } 3671 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3672 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3673 getEPI(EPI); 3674 return EPI; 3675 } 3676 }; 3677 3678 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3679 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3680 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3681 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3682 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3683 3684 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3685 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3686 /// will be const. 3687 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3688 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3689 3690 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3691 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3692 /// parameter will be const. 3693 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3694 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3695 3696 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3697 /// constructor of a class will have. 3698 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3699 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3700 3701 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3702 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3703 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3704 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3705 3706 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3707 /// destructor of a class will have. 3708 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3709 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3710 3711 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3712 /// constructor of a class will have. 3713 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3714 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3715 3716 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3717 /// special member function. 3718 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3719 3720 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3721 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3722 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3723 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3724 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3725 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3726 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3727 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3728 3729 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3730 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3731 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3732 bool Diagnose = false); 3733 3734 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3735 /// 3736 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3737 /// default constructor will be added. 3738 /// 3739 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3740 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3741 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3742 3743 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3744 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3745 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3746 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3747 3748 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3749 /// 3750 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3751 /// destructor will be added. 3752 /// 3753 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3754 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3755 3756 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3757 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3758 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3759 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3760 3761 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3762 /// 3763 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3764 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3765 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3766 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3767 3768 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3769 /// 3770 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3771 /// constructors will be added. 3772 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3773 3774 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3775 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3776 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3777 3778 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3779 /// 3780 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3781 /// copy constructor will be added. 3782 /// 3783 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3784 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3785 3786 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3787 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3788 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3789 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3790 3791 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3792 /// 3793 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3794 /// move constructor will be added. 3795 /// 3796 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3797 /// declared. 3798 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3799 3800 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3801 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3802 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3803 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3804 3805 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3806 /// 3807 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3808 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3809 /// 3810 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3811 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3812 3813 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3814 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3815 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3816 3817 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3818 /// 3819 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3820 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3821 /// 3822 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3823 /// wasn't declared. 3824 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3825 3826 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3827 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3828 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3829 3830 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3831 /// class. 3832 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3833 3834 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3835 /// special member function. 3836 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3837 3838 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3839 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3840 /// 3841 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3842 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3843 3844 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3845 /// member function. 3846 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3847 3848 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3849 /// static member function. 3850 /// 3851 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3852 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3853 3854 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3855 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3856 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3857 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3858 3859 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3860 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3861 SourceLocation Loc, 3862 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3863 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3864 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3865 3866 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3867 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3868 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3869 3870 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3871 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3872 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3873 ParsedType ObjectType, 3874 bool EnteringContext); 3875 3876 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3877 3878 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3879 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3880 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3881 3882 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3883 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3884 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3885 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3886 Declarator &D, 3887 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3888 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3889 Expr *E, 3890 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3891 3892 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3893 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3894 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3895 Expr *E, 3896 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3897 SourceRange Parens); 3898 3899 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3900 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3901 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3902 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3903 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3904 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3905 Expr *Operand, 3906 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3907 3908 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3909 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3910 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3911 void *TyOrExpr, 3912 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3913 3914 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3915 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3916 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3917 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3918 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3919 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3920 Expr *Operand, 3921 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3922 3923 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3924 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3925 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3926 void *TyOrExpr, 3927 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3928 3929 3930 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3931 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3932 3933 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3934 /// 3935 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3936 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3937 3938 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3939 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3940 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3941 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3942 3943 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3944 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3945 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3946 Sema &S; 3947 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3948 bool Enabled; 3949 3950 public: 3951 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3952 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3953 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3954 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3955 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3956 bool Enabled = true); 3957 3958 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3959 }; 3960 3961 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3962 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3963 /// 3964 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3965 /// 3966 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3967 /// capture list. 3968 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3969 3970 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3971 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3972 /// being defined. 3973 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3974 3975 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3976 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3977 3978 3979 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3980 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3981 3982 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3983 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3984 3985 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3986 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3987 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3988 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3989 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3990 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3991 3992 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3993 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3994 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3995 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3996 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3997 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3998 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3999 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4000 4001 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 4002 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4003 MultiExprArg Exprs, 4004 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4005 4006 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 4007 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 4008 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4009 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4010 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4011 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 4012 Expr *Initializer); 4013 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 4014 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 4015 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 4016 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 4017 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 4018 QualType AllocType, 4019 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 4020 Expr *ArraySize, 4021 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 4022 Expr *Initializer, 4023 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 4024 4025 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 4026 SourceRange R); 4027 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4028 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 4029 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 4030 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 4031 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 4032 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 4033 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 4034 DeclContext *Ctx, 4035 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 4036 bool Diagnose = true); 4037 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 4038 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 4039 QualType Argument, 4040 bool addMallocAttr = false); 4041 4042 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 4043 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 4044 bool Diagnose = true); 4045 4046 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4047 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4048 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4049 Expr *Operand); 4050 4051 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4052 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4053 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4054 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4055 4056 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4057 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4058 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4059 SourceLocation RParen); 4060 4061 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4062 /// pseudo-functions. 4063 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4064 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4065 ParsedType Ty, 4066 SourceLocation RParen); 4067 4068 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4069 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4070 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4071 SourceLocation RParen); 4072 4073 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4074 /// pseudo-functions. 4075 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4076 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4077 ParsedType LhsTy, 4078 ParsedType RhsTy, 4079 SourceLocation RParen); 4080 4081 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4082 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4083 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4084 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4085 SourceLocation RParen); 4086 4087 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4088 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4089 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4090 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4091 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4092 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4093 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4094 4095 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4096 /// pseudo-functions. 4097 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4098 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4099 ParsedType LhsTy, 4100 Expr *DimExpr, 4101 SourceLocation RParen); 4102 4103 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4104 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4105 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4106 Expr *DimExpr, 4107 SourceLocation RParen); 4108 4109 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4110 /// pseudo-functions. 4111 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4112 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4113 Expr *Queried, 4114 SourceLocation RParen); 4115 4116 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4117 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4118 Expr *Queried, 4119 SourceLocation RParen); 4120 4121 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4122 Expr *Base, 4123 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4124 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4125 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4126 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4127 4128 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4129 4130 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4131 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4132 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4133 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4134 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4135 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4136 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4137 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4138 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4139 4140 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4141 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4142 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4143 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4144 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4145 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4146 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4147 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4148 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4149 4150 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4151 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4152 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4153 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4154 const DeclSpec& DS, 4155 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4156 4157 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4158 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4159 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4160 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4161 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4162 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4163 4164 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4165 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4166 : SourceLocation()); 4167 } 4168 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4169 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4170 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4171 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4172 4173 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4174 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4175 4176 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4177 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4178 bool EnteringContext = false); 4179 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4180 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4181 4182 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4183 /// 4184 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4185 /// 4186 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4187 /// 4188 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4189 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4190 /// 4191 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4192 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4193 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4194 4195 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4196 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4197 4198 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4199 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4200 IdentifierInfo &II, 4201 ParsedType ObjectType); 4202 4203 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4204 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4205 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4206 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4207 QualType ObjectType, 4208 bool EnteringContext, 4209 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4210 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4211 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4212 4213 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4214 /// 4215 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4216 /// 4217 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4218 /// 4219 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4220 /// 4221 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4222 /// 4223 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4224 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4225 /// 4226 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4227 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4228 /// 4229 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4230 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4231 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4232 /// including this new type). 4233 /// 4234 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4235 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4236 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4237 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4238 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4239 ParsedType ObjectType, 4240 bool EnteringContext, 4241 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4242 4243 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4244 4245 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4246 const DeclSpec &DS, 4247 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4248 4249 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4250 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4251 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4252 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4253 ParsedType ObjectType, 4254 bool EnteringContext); 4255 4256 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4257 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4258 /// 4259 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4260 /// 4261 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4262 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4263 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4264 /// including this new type). 4265 /// 4266 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4267 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4268 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4269 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4270 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4271 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4272 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4273 /// 4274 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4275 /// nested-name-specifier. 4276 /// 4277 /// 4278 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4279 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4280 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4281 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4282 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4283 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4284 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4285 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4286 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4287 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4288 bool EnteringContext); 4289 4290 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4291 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4292 /// nested-name-specifier. 4293 /// 4294 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4295 /// 4296 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4297 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4298 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4299 4300 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4301 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4302 /// 4303 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4304 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4305 /// 4306 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4307 /// 4308 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4309 /// of the annotation pointer. 4310 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4311 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4312 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4313 4314 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4315 4316 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4317 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4318 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4319 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4320 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4321 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4322 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4323 4324 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4325 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4326 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4327 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4328 /// defining scope. 4329 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4330 4331 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4332 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4333 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4334 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4335 /// class X. 4336 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4337 4338 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4339 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4340 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4341 4342 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4343 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4344 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4345 bool KnownDependent); 4346 4347 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4348 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4349 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4350 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4351 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4352 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4353 4354 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4355 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4356 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4357 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4358 bool ExplicitParams, 4359 bool ExplicitResultType, 4360 bool Mutable); 4361 4362 /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and 4363 /// initializer. 4364 FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, 4365 IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init); 4366 4367 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4368 /// given lambda. 4369 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4370 4371 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4372 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4373 4374 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4375 /// statements present in the body. 4376 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4377 4378 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4379 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4380 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4381 /// lambda. 4382 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4383 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4384 4385 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4386 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4387 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4388 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4389 4390 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4391 /// was successfully completed. 4392 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4393 Scope *CurScope, 4394 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4395 4396 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4397 /// function pointer. 4398 /// 4399 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4400 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4401 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4402 /// block pointer conversion. 4403 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4404 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4405 4406 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4407 /// block pointer. 4408 /// 4409 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4410 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4411 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4412 /// block pointer conversion. 4413 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4414 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4415 4416 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4417 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4418 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4419 Expr *Src); 4420 4421 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4422 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4423 Expr **Strings, 4424 unsigned NumStrings); 4425 4426 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4427 4428 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4429 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4430 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4431 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4432 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4433 bool Value); 4434 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4435 4436 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4437 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4438 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4439 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4440 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4441 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4442 4443 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4444 Expr *IndexExpr, 4445 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4446 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4447 4448 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4449 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4450 unsigned NumElements); 4451 4452 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4453 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4454 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4455 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4456 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4457 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4458 4459 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4460 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4461 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4462 ParsedType Ty, 4463 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4464 4465 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4466 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4467 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4468 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4469 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4470 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4471 4472 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4473 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4474 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4475 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4476 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4477 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4478 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4479 4480 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4481 // C++ Declarations 4482 // 4483 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4484 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4485 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4486 StringRef Lang, 4487 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4488 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4489 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4490 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4491 4492 4493 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4494 // C++ Classes 4495 // 4496 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4497 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4498 4499 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4500 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4501 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4502 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4503 4504 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4505 Declarator &D, 4506 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4507 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4508 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4509 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4510 Expr *Init); 4511 4512 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4513 Scope *S, 4514 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4515 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4516 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4517 const DeclSpec &DS, 4518 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4519 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4520 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4521 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4522 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4523 4524 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4525 Scope *S, 4526 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4527 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4528 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4529 const DeclSpec &DS, 4530 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4531 Expr *InitList, 4532 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4533 4534 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4535 Scope *S, 4536 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4537 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4538 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4539 const DeclSpec &DS, 4540 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4541 Expr *Init, 4542 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4543 4544 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4545 Expr *Init, 4546 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4547 4548 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4549 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4550 Expr *Init, 4551 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4552 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4553 4554 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4555 Expr *Init, 4556 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4557 4558 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4559 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4560 4561 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4562 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4563 4564 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4565 4566 4567 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4568 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4569 /// referenced. 4570 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4571 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4572 4573 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4574 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4575 /// first use occurred. 4576 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4577 4578 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4579 /// materialized. 4580 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4581 4582 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4583 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4584 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4585 /// by code generation). 4586 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4587 4588 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4589 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4590 4591 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4592 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4593 DynamicClassesType; 4594 4595 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4596 /// unit. 4597 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4598 4599 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4600 /// given location. 4601 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4602 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4603 4604 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4605 /// in the given class as needed. 4606 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4607 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4608 4609 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4610 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4611 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4612 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4613 4614 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4615 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4616 /// vtables. 4617 /// 4618 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4619 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4620 4621 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4622 4623 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4624 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4625 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4626 bool AnyErrors); 4627 4628 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4629 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4630 Decl *TagDecl, 4631 SourceLocation LBrac, 4632 SourceLocation RBrac, 4633 AttributeList *AttrList); 4634 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4635 4636 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4637 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4638 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4639 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4640 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4641 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4642 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4643 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4644 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4645 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4646 4647 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4648 Expr *AssertExpr, 4649 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4650 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4651 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4652 Expr *AssertExpr, 4653 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4654 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4655 bool Failed); 4656 4657 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4658 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4659 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4660 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4661 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4662 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4663 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4664 4665 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4666 StorageClass& SC); 4667 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4668 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4669 StorageClass& SC); 4670 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4671 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4672 StorageClass& SC); 4673 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4674 4675 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4676 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4677 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4678 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4679 4680 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4681 // C++ Derived Classes 4682 // 4683 4684 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4685 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4686 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4687 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4688 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4689 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4690 4691 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4692 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4693 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4694 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4695 ParsedType basetype, 4696 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4697 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4698 4699 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4700 unsigned NumBases); 4701 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4702 unsigned NumBases); 4703 4704 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4705 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4706 4707 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4708 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4709 4710 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4711 4712 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4713 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4714 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4715 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4716 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4717 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4718 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4719 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4720 DeclarationName Name, 4721 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4722 4723 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4724 4725 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4726 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4727 4728 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4729 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4730 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4731 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4732 4733 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4734 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4735 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4736 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4737 4738 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4739 4740 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4741 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4742 4743 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4744 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4745 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4746 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4747 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4748 4749 4750 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4751 // C++ Access Control 4752 // 4753 4754 enum AccessResult { 4755 AR_accessible, 4756 AR_inaccessible, 4757 AR_dependent, 4758 AR_delayed 4759 }; 4760 4761 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4762 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4763 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4764 4765 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4766 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4767 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4768 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4769 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4770 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4771 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4772 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4773 bool Diagnose = true); 4774 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4775 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4776 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4777 AccessSpecifier Access, 4778 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4779 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4780 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4781 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4782 AccessSpecifier Access, 4783 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4784 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4785 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4786 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4787 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4788 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4789 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4790 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4791 Expr *ArgExpr, 4792 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4793 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4794 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4795 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4796 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4797 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4798 unsigned DiagID, 4799 bool ForceCheck = false, 4800 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4801 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4802 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4803 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4804 AccessSpecifier access, 4805 QualType objectType); 4806 4807 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4808 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4809 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4810 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4811 4812 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4813 4814 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4815 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4816 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4817 4818 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4819 AbstractNone = -1, 4820 AbstractReturnType, 4821 AbstractParamType, 4822 AbstractVariableType, 4823 AbstractFieldType, 4824 AbstractIvarType, 4825 AbstractArrayType 4826 }; 4827 4828 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4829 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4830 template<typename T1> 4831 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4832 unsigned DiagID, 4833 const T1 &Arg1) { 4834 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4835 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4836 } 4837 4838 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4839 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4840 unsigned DiagID, 4841 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4842 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4843 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4844 } 4845 4846 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4847 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4848 unsigned DiagID, 4849 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4850 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4851 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4852 } 4853 4854 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4855 4856 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4857 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4858 4859 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4860 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4861 // 4862 4863 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4864 4865 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4866 4867 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4868 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4869 // 4870 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4871 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4872 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4873 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4874 4875 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4876 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4877 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4878 4879 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4880 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4881 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4882 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4883 ParsedType ObjectType, 4884 bool EnteringContext, 4885 TemplateTy &Template, 4886 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4887 4888 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4889 SourceLocation IILoc, 4890 Scope *S, 4891 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4892 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4893 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4894 4895 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4896 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4897 4898 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4899 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4900 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4901 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4902 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4903 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4904 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4905 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4906 4907 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4908 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4909 unsigned Depth, 4910 unsigned Position, 4911 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4912 Expr *DefaultArg); 4913 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4914 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4915 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4916 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4917 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4918 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4919 unsigned Depth, 4920 unsigned Position, 4921 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4922 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4923 4924 TemplateParameterList * 4925 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4926 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4927 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4928 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4929 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4930 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4931 4932 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. 4933 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4934 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4935 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4936 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4937 TPC_FriendClassTemplate, 4938 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4939 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4940 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4941 }; 4942 4943 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4944 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4945 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4946 TemplateParameterList * 4947 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4948 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4949 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4950 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4951 unsigned NumParamLists, 4952 bool IsFriend, 4953 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4954 bool &Invalid); 4955 4956 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4957 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4958 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4959 AttributeList *Attr, 4960 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4961 AccessSpecifier AS, 4962 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4963 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4964 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4965 4966 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4967 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4968 4969 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4970 4971 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4972 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4973 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4974 4975 TypeResult 4976 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4977 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4978 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4979 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4980 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4981 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4982 4983 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4984 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4985 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4986 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4987 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4988 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4989 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4990 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4991 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4992 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4993 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4994 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4995 4996 4997 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4998 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4999 LookupResult &R, 5000 bool RequiresADL, 5001 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5002 5003 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5004 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5005 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5006 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 5007 5008 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 5009 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5010 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 5011 UnqualifiedId &Name, 5012 ParsedType ObjectType, 5013 bool EnteringContext, 5014 TemplateTy &Template); 5015 5016 DeclResult 5017 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5018 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5019 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 5020 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5021 TemplateTy Template, 5022 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5023 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5024 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5025 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5026 AttributeList *Attr, 5027 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 5028 5029 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 5030 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5031 Declarator &D); 5032 5033 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5034 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5035 Declarator &D); 5036 5037 bool 5038 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 5039 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 5040 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 5041 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 5042 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 5043 bool &SuppressNew); 5044 5045 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5046 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5047 LookupResult &Previous); 5048 5049 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5050 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5051 LookupResult &Previous); 5052 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5053 5054 DeclResult 5055 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5056 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5057 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5058 unsigned TagSpec, 5059 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5060 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5061 TemplateTy Template, 5062 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5063 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5064 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5065 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5066 AttributeList *Attr); 5067 5068 DeclResult 5069 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5070 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5071 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5072 unsigned TagSpec, 5073 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5074 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5075 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5076 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5077 AttributeList *Attr); 5078 5079 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5080 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5081 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5082 Declarator &D); 5083 5084 TemplateArgumentLoc 5085 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5086 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5087 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5088 Decl *Param, 5089 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5090 5091 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5092 /// argument is being checked. 5093 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5094 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5095 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5096 CTAK_Specified, 5097 5098 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5099 /// deduction. 5100 CTAK_Deduced, 5101 5102 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5103 /// via template argument deduction. 5104 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5105 }; 5106 5107 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5108 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5109 NamedDecl *Template, 5110 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5111 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5112 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5113 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5114 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5115 5116 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5117 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5118 /// 5119 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5120 /// provided. 5121 /// 5122 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5123 /// 5124 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5125 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5126 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5127 /// arguments. 5128 /// 5129 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5130 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5131 /// set of template arguments. 5132 /// 5133 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5134 /// arguments. 5135 /// 5136 /// 5137 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5138 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5139 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5140 /// 5141 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5142 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5143 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5144 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5145 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5146 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5147 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5148 5149 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5150 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5151 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5152 5153 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5154 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5155 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5156 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5157 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5158 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5159 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5160 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5161 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5162 5163 ExprResult 5164 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5165 QualType ParamType, 5166 SourceLocation Loc); 5167 ExprResult 5168 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5169 SourceLocation Loc); 5170 5171 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5172 /// for equality. 5173 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5174 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5175 /// that might be redeclarations. 5176 /// 5177 /// \code 5178 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5179 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5180 /// \endcode 5181 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5182 5183 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5184 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5185 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5186 /// 5187 /// \code 5188 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5189 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5190 /// \endcode 5191 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5192 5193 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5194 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5195 /// template parameter. 5196 /// 5197 /// \code 5198 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5199 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5200 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5201 /// \endcode 5202 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5203 }; 5204 5205 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5206 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5207 bool Complain, 5208 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5209 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5210 = SourceLocation()); 5211 5212 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5213 5214 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5215 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5216 /// 5217 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5218 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5219 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5220 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5221 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5222 TypeResult 5223 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5224 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5225 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5226 5227 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5228 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5229 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5230 /// 5231 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5232 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5233 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5234 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5235 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5236 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5237 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5238 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5239 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5240 TypeResult 5241 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5242 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5243 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5244 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5245 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5246 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5247 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5248 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5249 5250 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5251 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5252 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5253 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5254 SourceLocation IILoc); 5255 5256 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5257 SourceLocation Loc, 5258 DeclarationName Name); 5259 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5260 5261 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5262 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5263 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5264 5265 std::string 5266 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5267 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5268 5269 std::string 5270 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5271 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5272 unsigned NumArgs); 5273 5274 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5275 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5276 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5277 5278 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5279 /// being diagnosed. 5280 /// 5281 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5282 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5283 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5284 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5285 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5286 5287 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5288 UPPC_BaseType, 5289 5290 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5291 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5292 5293 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5294 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5295 5296 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5297 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5298 5299 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5300 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5301 5302 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5303 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5304 5305 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5306 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5307 5308 /// \brief A using declaration. 5309 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5310 5311 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5312 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5313 5314 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5315 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5316 5317 /// \brief An initializer. 5318 UPPC_Initializer, 5319 5320 /// \brief A default argument. 5321 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5322 5323 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5324 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5325 5326 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5327 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5328 5329 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5330 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5331 5332 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5333 UPPC_IfExists, 5334 5335 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5336 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5337 5338 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5339 UPPC_Lambda, 5340 5341 /// \brief Block expression, 5342 UPPC_Block 5343}; 5344 5345 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5346 /// 5347 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5348 /// 5349 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5350 /// parameter packs. 5351 /// 5352 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5353 /// 5354 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5355 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5356 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5357 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5358 5359 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5360 /// diagnose the error. 5361 /// 5362 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5363 /// 5364 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5365 /// packs. 5366 /// 5367 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5368 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5369 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5370 5371 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5372 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5373 /// 5374 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5375 /// parameter packs. 5376 /// 5377 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5378 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5379 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5380 5381 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5382 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5383 /// 5384 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5385 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5386 /// 5387 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5388 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5389 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5390 5391 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5392 /// diagnose the error. 5393 /// 5394 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5395 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5396 /// 5397 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5398 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5399 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5400 5401 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5402 /// diagnose the error. 5403 /// 5404 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5405 /// 5406 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5407 /// parameter packs. 5408 /// 5409 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5410 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5411 TemplateName Template, 5412 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5413 5414 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5415 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5416 /// 5417 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5418 /// parameter packs. 5419 /// 5420 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5421 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5422 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5423 5424 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5425 /// template argument. 5426 /// 5427 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5428 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5429 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5430 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5431 5432 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5433 /// template argument. 5434 /// 5435 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5436 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5437 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5438 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5439 5440 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5441 /// type. 5442 /// 5443 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5444 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5445 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5446 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5447 5448 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5449 /// type. 5450 /// 5451 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5452 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5453 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5454 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5455 5456 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5457 /// nested-name-specifier. 5458 /// 5459 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5460 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5461 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5462 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5463 5464 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5465 /// name. 5466 /// 5467 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5468 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5469 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5470 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5471 5472 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5473 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5474 /// 5475 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5476 /// may already be invalid. 5477 /// 5478 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5479 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5480 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5481 5482 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5483 /// creates a pack expansion. 5484 /// 5485 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5486 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5487 /// 5488 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5489 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5490 5491 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5492 /// expansion. 5493 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5494 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5495 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5496 5497 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5498 /// expansion. 5499 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5500 SourceRange PatternRange, 5501 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5502 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5503 5504 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5505 /// creates a pack expansion. 5506 /// 5507 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5508 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5509 /// 5510 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5511 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5512 5513 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5514 /// creates a pack expansion. 5515 /// 5516 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5517 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5518 /// 5519 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5520 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5521 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5522 5523 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5524 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5525 /// transforming the pattern. 5526 /// 5527 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5528 /// pack expansion. 5529 /// 5530 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5531 /// the pack expansion. 5532 /// 5533 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5534 /// pattern. 5535 /// 5536 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5537 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5538 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5539 /// 5540 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5541 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5542 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5543 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5544 /// 5545 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5546 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5547 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5548 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5549 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5550 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5551 /// set this value in other cases. 5552 /// 5553 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5554 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5555 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5556 /// must be set. 5557 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5558 SourceRange PatternRange, 5559 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5560 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5561 bool &ShouldExpand, 5562 bool &RetainExpansion, 5563 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5564 5565 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5566 /// type. 5567 /// 5568 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5569 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5570 /// 5571 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5572 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5573 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5574 5575 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5576 /// parameter packs. 5577 /// 5578 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5579 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5580 /// 5581 /// \code 5582 /// void f(T...); 5583 /// \endcode 5584 /// 5585 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5586 /// a variadic function. 5587 /// 5588 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5589 /// false otherwise. 5590 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5591 5592 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. 5593 /// 5594 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. 5595 /// 5596 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. 5597 /// 5598 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will 5599 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. 5600 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( 5601 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, 5602 SourceLocation &Ellipsis, 5603 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; 5604 5605 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5606 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5607 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5608 5609 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5610 /// 5611 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5612 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5613 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5614 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5615 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5616 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5617 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5618 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5619 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5620 TDK_Success = 0, 5621 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5622 TDK_Invalid, 5623 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5624 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5625 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5626 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5627 /// for every template parameter. 5628 TDK_Incomplete, 5629 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5630 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5631 TDK_Inconsistent, 5632 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5633 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5634 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5635 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5636 TDK_Underqualified, 5637 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5638 /// resulted in an error. 5639 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5640 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5641 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5642 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5643 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5644 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5645 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5646 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5647 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5648 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5649 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5650 /// template arguments for the given template. 5651 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5652 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5653 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5654 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5655 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5656 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5657 }; 5658 5659 TemplateDeductionResult 5660 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5661 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5662 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5663 5664 TemplateDeductionResult 5665 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5666 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5667 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5668 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5669 QualType *FunctionType, 5670 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5671 5672 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5673 // deduction for a call. 5674 struct OriginalCallArg { 5675 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5676 unsigned ArgIdx, 5677 QualType OriginalArgType) 5678 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5679 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5680 5681 QualType OriginalParamType; 5682 unsigned ArgIdx; 5683 QualType OriginalArgType; 5684 }; 5685 5686 TemplateDeductionResult 5687 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5688 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5689 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5690 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5691 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5692 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5693 5694 TemplateDeductionResult 5695 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5696 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5697 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5698 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5699 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5700 5701 TemplateDeductionResult 5702 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5703 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5704 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5705 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5706 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5707 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5708 5709 TemplateDeductionResult 5710 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5711 QualType ToType, 5712 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5713 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5714 5715 TemplateDeductionResult 5716 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5717 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5718 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5719 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5720 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5721 5722 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5723 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5724 DAR_Succeeded, 5725 DAR_Failed, 5726 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5727 }; 5728 5729 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5730 QualType &Result); 5731 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5732 QualType &Result); 5733 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5734 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5735 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5736 bool Diagnose = true); 5737 5738 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5739 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5740 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5741 5742 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5743 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5744 SourceLocation Loc, 5745 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5746 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5747 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5748 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5749 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5750 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5751 SourceLocation Loc, 5752 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5753 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5754 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5755 bool Complain = true, 5756 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5757 5758 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5759 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5760 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5761 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5762 SourceLocation Loc); 5763 5764 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5765 bool OnlyDeduced, 5766 unsigned Depth, 5767 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5768 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5769 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5770 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5771 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5772 } 5773 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5774 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5775 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5776 5777 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5778 // C++ Template Instantiation 5779 // 5780 5781 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5782 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5783 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5784 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5785 5786 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5787 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5788 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5789 enum InstantiationKind { 5790 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5791 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5792 TemplateInstantiation, 5793 5794 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5795 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5796 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5797 /// arguments as specified. 5798 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5799 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5800 5801 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5802 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5803 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5804 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5805 5806 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5807 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5808 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5809 5810 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5811 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5812 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5813 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5814 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5815 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5816 5817 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5818 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5819 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5820 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5821 5822 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5823 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5824 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5825 5826 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5827 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5828 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5829 } Kind; 5830 5831 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5832 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5833 5834 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5835 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5836 /// arguments. 5837 NamedDecl *Template; 5838 5839 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5840 Decl *Entity; 5841 5842 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5843 /// are not part of the entity. 5844 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5845 5846 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5847 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5848 5849 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5850 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5851 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5852 5853 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5854 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5855 /// template instantiation. 5856 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5857 5858 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5859 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5860 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5861 5862 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5863 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5864 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5865 5866 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5867 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5868 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5869 return false; 5870 5871 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5872 return false; 5873 5874 switch (X.Kind) { 5875 case TemplateInstantiation: 5876 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5877 return true; 5878 5879 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5880 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5881 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5882 5883 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5884 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5885 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5886 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5887 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5888 5889 } 5890 5891 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5892 } 5893 5894 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5895 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5896 return !(X == Y); 5897 } 5898 }; 5899 5900 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5901 /// 5902 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5903 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5904 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5905 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5906 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5907 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5908 5909 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5910 /// template instantiation. 5911 /// 5912 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5913 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5914 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5915 5916 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5917 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5918 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5919 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5920 5921 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5922 /// error or warning was produced. 5923 /// 5924 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5925 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5926 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5927 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5928 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5929 5930 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5931 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5932 /// 5933 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5934 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5935 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5936 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5937 5938 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5939 /// within a \c Sema object. 5940 /// 5941 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5942 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5943 Sema &Self; 5944 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5945 5946 public: 5947 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5948 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5949 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5950 } 5951 5952 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5953 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5954 } 5955 }; 5956 5957 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5958 5959 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5960 /// 5961 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5962 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5963 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5964 5965 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5966 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5967 /// deduction. 5968 /// 5969 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5970 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5971 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5972 5973 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5974 /// instantiation. 5975 /// 5976 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5977 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5978 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5979 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5980 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5981 /// 5982 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5983 /// the stack. 5984 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5985 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5986 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5987 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5988 Decl *Entity, 5989 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5990 5991 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5992 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5993 /// of a function template. 5994 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5995 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5996 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5997 5998 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5999 /// template-id. 6000 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6001 TemplateDecl *Template, 6002 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6003 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6004 6005 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 6006 /// template-id. 6007 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6008 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 6009 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6010 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 6011 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6012 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6013 6014 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 6015 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 6016 /// specialization. 6017 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6018 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 6019 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6020 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 6021 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6022 6023 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6024 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6025 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6026 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 6027 6028 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 6029 /// non-type or template template parameter. 6030 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6031 NamedDecl *Template, 6032 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6033 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6034 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6035 6036 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6037 NamedDecl *Template, 6038 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6039 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6040 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6041 6042 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 6043 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 6044 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6045 TemplateDecl *Template, 6046 NamedDecl *Param, 6047 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 6048 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6049 6050 6051 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 6052 void Clear(); 6053 6054 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 6055 6056 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 6057 /// recursive template instantiations. 6058 LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 6059 6060 private: 6061 Sema &SemaRef; 6062 bool Invalid; 6063 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6064 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6065 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6066 6067 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6068 6069 InstantiatingTemplate& 6070 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6071 }; 6072 6073 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6074 6075 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6076 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6077 /// errors. 6078 /// 6079 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6080 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6081 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6082 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6083 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6084 6085 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6086 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6087 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6088 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6089 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6090 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6091 } 6092 6093 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6094 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6095 /// deduction.` 6096 class SFINAETrap { 6097 Sema &SemaRef; 6098 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6099 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6100 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6101 6102 public: 6103 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6104 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6105 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6106 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6107 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6108 { 6109 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6110 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6111 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6112 } 6113 6114 ~SFINAETrap() { 6115 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6116 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6117 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6118 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6119 } 6120 6121 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6122 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6123 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6124 } 6125 }; 6126 6127 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6128 /// variables. 6129 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6130 6131 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6132 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6133 6134 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6135 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6136 6137 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6138 /// name lookup. 6139 /// 6140 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6141 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6142 /// string represents a keyword. 6143 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6144 6145 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6146 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6147 6148 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6149 /// 6150 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6151 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6152 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6153 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6154 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6155 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6156 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6157 6158 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6159 /// but have not yet been performed. 6160 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6161 6162 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6163 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6164 /// 6165 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6166 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6167 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6168 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6169 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6170 6171 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6172 6173 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6174 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6175 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6176 6177 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6178 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6179 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6180 6181 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6182 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6183 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6184 6185 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6186 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6187 SourceLocation Loc, 6188 DeclarationName Entity, 6189 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6190 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6191 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6192 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6193 int indexAdjustment, 6194 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6195 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6196 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6197 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6198 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6199 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6200 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6201 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6202 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6203 6204 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6205 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6206 /// 6207 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6208 /// 6209 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6210 /// 6211 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6212 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6213 /// 6214 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6215 /// 6216 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6217 /// 6218 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6219 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6220 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6221 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6222 6223 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6224 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6225 6226 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6227 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6228 6229 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6230 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6231 bool CXXDirectInit); 6232 6233 bool 6234 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6235 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6236 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6237 6238 bool 6239 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6240 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6241 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6242 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6243 bool Complain = true); 6244 6245 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6246 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6247 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6248 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6249 6250 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6251 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6252 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6253 Decl *NewDecl; 6254 6255 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6256 Decl *D) 6257 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6258 { } 6259 }; 6260 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6261 6262 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6263 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6264 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6265 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6266 6267 bool 6268 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6269 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6270 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6271 bool Complain = true); 6272 6273 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6274 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6275 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6276 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6277 6278 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6279 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6280 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6281 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6282 6283 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6284 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6285 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6286 6287 DeclarationNameInfo 6288 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6289 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6290 TemplateName 6291 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6292 SourceLocation Loc, 6293 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6294 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6295 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6296 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6297 6298 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6299 FunctionDecl *Function); 6300 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6301 FunctionDecl *Function, 6302 bool Recursive = false, 6303 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6304 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6305 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6306 VarDecl *Var, 6307 bool Recursive = false, 6308 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6309 6310 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6311 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6312 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6313 6314 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6315 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6316 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6317 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6318 6319 // Objective-C declarations. 6320 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6321 OCK_None = -1, 6322 OCK_Interface = 0, 6323 OCK_Protocol, 6324 OCK_Category, 6325 OCK_ClassExtension, 6326 OCK_Implementation, 6327 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6328 }; 6329 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6330 6331 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6332 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6333 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6334 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6335 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6336 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6337 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6338 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6339 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6340 AttributeList *AttrList); 6341 6342 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6343 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6344 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6345 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6346 6347 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6348 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6349 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6350 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6351 6352 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6353 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6354 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6355 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6356 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6357 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6358 AttributeList *AttrList); 6359 6360 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6361 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6362 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6363 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6364 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6365 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6366 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6367 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6368 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6369 6370 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6371 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6372 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6373 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6374 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6375 6376 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6377 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6378 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6379 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6380 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6381 6382 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6383 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6384 6385 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6386 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6387 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6388 unsigned NumElts); 6389 6390 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6391 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6392 unsigned NumElts, 6393 AttributeList *attrList); 6394 6395 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6396 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6397 unsigned NumProtocols, 6398 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6399 6400 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6401 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6402 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6403 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6404 SourceLocation Loc, 6405 unsigned &Attributes, 6406 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6407 6408 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6409 /// setters and getters as needed. 6410 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6411 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6412 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6413 /// in class extension. 6414 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6415 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6416 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6417 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6418 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6419 6420 6421 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6422 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6423 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6424 6425 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6426 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6427 6428 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6429 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6430 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6431 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6432 6433 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6434 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6435 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6436 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6437 bool *OverridingProperty, 6438 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6439 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6440 6441 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6442 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6443 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6444 bool ImplKind, 6445 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6446 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6447 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6448 6449 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6450 OSMK_None, 6451 OSMK_Alloc, 6452 OSMK_New, 6453 OSMK_Copy, 6454 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6455 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6456 }; 6457 6458 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6459 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6460 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6461 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6462 // in this case. 6463 ParsedType Type; 6464 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6465 6466 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6467 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6468 }; 6469 6470 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6471 Scope *S, 6472 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6473 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6474 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6475 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6476 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6477 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6478 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6479 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6480 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6481 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6482 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6483 6484 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6485 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6486 bool IsInstance); 6487 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6488 bool IsInstance); 6489 6490 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6491 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6492 6493 ExprResult 6494 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6495 Expr *BaseExpr, 6496 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6497 DeclarationName MemberName, 6498 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6499 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6500 bool Super); 6501 6502 ExprResult 6503 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6504 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6505 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6506 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6507 6508 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6509 6510 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6511 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6512 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6513 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6514 ObjCSuperMessage, 6515 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6516 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6517 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6518 /// name. 6519 ObjCClassMessage 6520 }; 6521 6522 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6523 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6524 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6525 bool IsSuper, 6526 bool HasTrailingDot, 6527 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6528 6529 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6530 Selector Sel, 6531 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6532 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6533 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6534 MultiExprArg Args); 6535 6536 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6537 QualType ReceiverType, 6538 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6539 Selector Sel, 6540 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6541 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6542 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6543 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6544 MultiExprArg Args, 6545 bool isImplicit = false); 6546 6547 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6548 bool isSuperReceiver, 6549 SourceLocation Loc, 6550 Selector Sel, 6551 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6552 MultiExprArg Args); 6553 6554 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6555 ParsedType Receiver, 6556 Selector Sel, 6557 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6558 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6559 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6560 MultiExprArg Args); 6561 6562 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6563 QualType ReceiverType, 6564 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6565 Selector Sel, 6566 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6567 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6568 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6569 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6570 MultiExprArg Args, 6571 bool isImplicit = false); 6572 6573 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6574 QualType ReceiverType, 6575 SourceLocation Loc, 6576 Selector Sel, 6577 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6578 MultiExprArg Args); 6579 6580 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6581 Expr *Receiver, 6582 Selector Sel, 6583 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6584 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6585 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6586 MultiExprArg Args); 6587 6588 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6589 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6590 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6591 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6592 Expr *SubExpr); 6593 6594 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6595 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6596 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6597 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6598 ParsedType Type, 6599 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6600 Expr *SubExpr); 6601 6602 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6603 6604 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6605 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6606 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6607 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6608 6609 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6610 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6611 RTC_Compatible, 6612 RTC_Incompatible, 6613 RTC_Unknown 6614 }; 6615 6616 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6617 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6618 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6619 6620 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6621 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6622 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6623 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6624 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6625 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6626 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6627 }; 6628 6629 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6630 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6631 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6632 6633 enum PragmaPackKind { 6634 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6635 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6636 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6637 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6638 }; 6639 6640 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6641 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6642 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6643 }; 6644 6645 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6646 PCK_Unknown, 6647 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6648 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6649 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6650 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6651 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6652 }; 6653 6654 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6655 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6656 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6657 Expr *Alignment, 6658 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6659 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6660 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6661 6662 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6663 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6664 6665 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6666 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6667 6668 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch 6669 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value); 6670 6671 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6672 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6673 Scope *curScope, 6674 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6675 6676 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6677 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6678 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6679 6680 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6681 SourceLocation Loc); 6682 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6683 6684 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6685 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6686 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6687 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6688 6689 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6690 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6691 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6692 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6693 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6694 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6695 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6696 6697 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6698 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6699 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6700 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6701 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6702 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6703 6704 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6705 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6706 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6707 6708 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6709 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6710 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6711 6712 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6713 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6714 6715 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6716 void FreePackedContext(); 6717 6718 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6719 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6720 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6721 SourceLocation Loc); 6722 6723 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6724 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6725 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6726 6727 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6728 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6729 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6730 6731 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6732 void FreeVisContext(); 6733 6734 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6735 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6736 /// the appropriate attribute. 6737 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6738 6739 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6740 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6741 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6742 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6743 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6744 6745 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6746 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp 6747 /// threadprivate'. 6748 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, 6749 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, 6750 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); 6751 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6752 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6753 SourceLocation Loc, 6754 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6755 // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. 6756 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6757 SourceLocation Loc, 6758 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); 6759 6760 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6761 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6762 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6763 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6764 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6765 CCK_CStyleCast, 6766 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6767 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6768 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6769 CCK_OtherCast 6770 }; 6771 6772 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6773 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6774 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6775 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6776 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6777 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6778 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6779 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6780 6781 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6782 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6783 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6784 6785 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6786 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6787 /// required. 6788 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6789 6790 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6791 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6792 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6793 6794 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6795 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6796 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6797 6798 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6799 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6800 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6801 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6802 6803 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6804 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6805 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6806 // type. 6807 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6808 6809 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6810 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6811 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6812 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6813 6814 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6815 enum VariadicCallType { 6816 VariadicFunction, 6817 VariadicBlock, 6818 VariadicMethod, 6819 VariadicConstructor, 6820 VariadicDoesNotApply 6821 }; 6822 6823 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6824 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6825 Expr *Fn); 6826 6827 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6828 // vararg function. 6829 enum VarArgKind { 6830 VAK_Valid, 6831 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6832 VAK_Invalid 6833 }; 6834 6835 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6836 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6837 6838 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6839 /// form of call prototypes. 6840 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6841 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6842 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6843 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6844 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 6845 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6846 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6847 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6848 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6849 6850 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6851 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6852 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6853 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6854 6855 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6856 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6857 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6858 6859 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6860 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6861 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6862 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6863 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6864 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6865 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6866 6867 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6868 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6869 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6870 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6871 /// source and destination type. 6872 enum AssignConvertType { 6873 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6874 Compatible, 6875 6876 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6877 /// accept as an extension. 6878 PointerToInt, 6879 6880 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6881 /// accept as an extension. 6882 IntToPointer, 6883 6884 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6885 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6886 FunctionVoidPointer, 6887 6888 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6889 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6890 IncompatiblePointer, 6891 6892 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6893 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6894 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6895 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6896 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6897 6898 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6899 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6900 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6901 6902 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6903 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6904 /// like address spaces. 6905 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6906 6907 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6908 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6909 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6910 /// extension. 6911 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6912 6913 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6914 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6915 IncompatibleVectors, 6916 6917 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6918 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6919 IntToBlockPointer, 6920 6921 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6922 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6923 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6924 6925 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6926 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6927 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6928 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6929 6930 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6931 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6932 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6933 6934 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6935 /// represent it in the AST. 6936 Incompatible 6937 }; 6938 6939 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6940 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6941 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6942 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6943 SourceLocation Loc, 6944 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6945 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6946 bool *Complained = 0); 6947 6948 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6949 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6950 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6951 Expr *SrcExpr); 6952 6953 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6954 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6955 /// C99 6.5.16. 6956 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6957 QualType LHSType, 6958 QualType RHSType); 6959 6960 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6961 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6962 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6963 ExprResult &RHS, 6964 CastKind &Kind); 6965 6966 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6967 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6968 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6969 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6970 ExprResult &RHS, 6971 bool Diagnose = true); 6972 6973 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6974 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6975 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6976 ExprResult &RHS); 6977 6978 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6979 6980 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6981 6982 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6983 AssignmentAction Action, 6984 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6985 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6986 AssignmentAction Action, 6987 bool AllowExplicit, 6988 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6989 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6990 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6991 AssignmentAction Action, 6992 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6993 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6994 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6995 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6996 AssignmentAction Action, 6997 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6998 6999 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 7000 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 7001 7002 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 7003 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 7004 ExprResult &RHS); 7005 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 7006 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 7007 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 7008 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7009 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 7010 bool IsDivide); 7011 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 7012 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7013 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7014 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7015 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7016 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7017 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 7018 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7019 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 7020 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 7021 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 7022 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7023 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 7024 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 7025 bool isRelational); 7026 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 7027 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 7028 bool IsCompAssign = false); 7029 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 7030 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 7031 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 7032 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 7033 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 7034 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 7035 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 7036 7037 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7038 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 7039 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 7040 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 7041 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7042 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 7043 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 7044 7045 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 7046 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7047 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7048 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 7049 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 7050 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 7051 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 7052 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 7053 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 7054 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 7055 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 7056 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 7057 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 7058 NonStandardCompositeType); 7059 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 7060 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 7061 return Composite; 7062 } 7063 7064 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7065 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7066 7067 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7068 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7069 7070 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7071 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7072 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7073 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7074 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7075 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7076 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7077 SourceLocation Loc); 7078 7079 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7080 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7081 7082 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7083 7084 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7085 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7086 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7087 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7088 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7089 /// reference binding is not possible. 7090 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7091 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7092 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7093 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7094 Ref_Related, 7095 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7096 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7097 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7098 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7099 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7100 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7101 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7102 Ref_Compatible 7103 }; 7104 7105 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7106 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7107 bool &DerivedToBase, 7108 bool &ObjCConversion, 7109 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7110 7111 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7112 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7113 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7114 7115 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7116 /// given type. 7117 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7118 7119 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7120 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7121 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7122 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7123 7124 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7125 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7126 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7127 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7128 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7129 CastKind &Kind); 7130 7131 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7132 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7133 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7134 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7135 // returns the cast expr 7136 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7137 CastKind &Kind); 7138 7139 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7140 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7141 Expr *CastExpr, 7142 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7143 7144 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7145 7146 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7147 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7148 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7149 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7150 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7151 7152 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7153 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7154 7155 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7156 QualType ExprType); 7157 7158 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7159 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7160 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7161 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7162 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7163 7164 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7165 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7166 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7167 7168 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7169 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7170 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7171 7172 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7173 /// \param Method - May be null. 7174 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7175 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7176 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7177 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, 7178 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7179 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7180 bool isSuperMessage, 7181 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7182 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7183 7184 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7185 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7186 /// and the form of the message send. 7187 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7188 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7189 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7190 7191 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7192 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7193 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7194 7195 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7196 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7197 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7198 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7199 7200 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7201 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7202 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7203 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7204 /// 7205 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7206 /// 'if' keyword. 7207 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7208 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7209 7210 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7211 Expr *SubExpr); 7212 7213 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7214 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7215 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7216 7217 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7218 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7219 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7220 7221 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7222 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7223 7224 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7225 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7226 /// the specified diagnostic. 7227 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7228 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7229 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7230 7231 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7232 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7233 /// in the global scope. 7234 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7235 7236 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7237 /// expression violations. 7238 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7239 public: 7240 bool Suppress; 7241 7242 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7243 7244 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7245 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7246 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7247 }; 7248 7249 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7250 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7251 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7252 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7253 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7254 bool AllowFold = true); 7255 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7256 unsigned DiagID, 7257 bool AllowFold = true); 7258 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7259 7260 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7261 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7262 /// Returns false on success. 7263 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7264 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7265 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7266 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7267 7268 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7269 CFT_Device, 7270 CFT_Global, 7271 CFT_Host, 7272 CFT_HostDevice 7273 }; 7274 7275 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7276 7277 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7278 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7279 7280 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7281 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7282 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7283 } 7284 7285 /// \name Code completion 7286 //@{ 7287 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7288 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7289 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7290 PCC_Namespace, 7291 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7292 PCC_Class, 7293 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7294 /// or category. 7295 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7296 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7297 /// category implementation 7298 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7299 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7300 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7301 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7302 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7303 /// headers. 7304 PCC_Template, 7305 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7306 /// headers within a class. 7307 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7308 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7309 PCC_Expression, 7310 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7311 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7312 PCC_Statement, 7313 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7314 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7315 PCC_ForInit, 7316 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7317 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7318 PCC_Condition, 7319 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7320 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7321 /// in the grammar. 7322 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7323 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7324 PCC_Type, 7325 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7326 /// might also be a type cast. 7327 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7328 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7329 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7330 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7331 }; 7332 7333 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7334 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7335 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7336 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7337 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7338 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7339 7340 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7341 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7342 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7343 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7344 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7345 bool IsArrow); 7346 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7347 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7348 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7349 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7350 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7351 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7352 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7353 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7354 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7355 7356 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7357 bool EnteringContext); 7358 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7359 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7360 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7361 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7362 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7363 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( 7364 Decl *Constructor, 7365 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); 7366 7367 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7368 bool AfterAmpersand); 7369 7370 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7371 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7372 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7373 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7374 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7375 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7376 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7377 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7378 bool IsParameter); 7379 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7380 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7381 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7382 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7383 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7384 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7385 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7386 bool IsSuper = false); 7387 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7388 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, 7389 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7390 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7391 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7392 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7393 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7394 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7395 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7396 unsigned NumProtocols); 7397 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7398 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7399 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7400 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7401 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7402 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7403 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7404 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7405 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7406 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7407 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7408 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7409 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7410 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7411 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7412 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7413 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7414 ParsedType ReturnType); 7415 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7416 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7417 bool AtParameterName, 7418 ParsedType ReturnType, 7419 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); 7420 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7421 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7422 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7423 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7424 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7425 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7426 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7427 unsigned Argument); 7428 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7429 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7430 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7431 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7432 //@} 7433 7434 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7435 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7436 7437public: 7438 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7439 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7440 7441private: 7442 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7443 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7444 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7445 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7446 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7447 // FunctionDeclaration. 7448 struct FormatStringInfo { 7449 unsigned FormatIdx; 7450 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7451 bool HasVAListArg; 7452 }; 7453 7454 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7455 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7456 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7457 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7458 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7459 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7460 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7461 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7462 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7463 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7464 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7465 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7466 SourceLocation Loc); 7467 7468 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7469 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7470 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7471 VariadicCallType CallType); 7472 7473 7474 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7475 7476 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7477 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7478 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7479 7480 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7481 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7482 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7483 7484public: 7485 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7486 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7487 7488private: 7489 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7490 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7491 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7492 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7493 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7494 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7495 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7496 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7497 7498 enum FormatStringType { 7499 FST_Scanf, 7500 FST_Printf, 7501 FST_NSString, 7502 FST_Strftime, 7503 FST_Strfmon, 7504 FST_Kprintf, 7505 FST_Unknown 7506 }; 7507 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7508 7509 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7510 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7511 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7512 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7513 }; 7514 7515 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7516 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7517 bool HasVAListArg, 7518 unsigned format_idx, 7519 unsigned firstDataArg, 7520 FormatStringType Type, 7521 VariadicCallType CallType, 7522 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7523 7524 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7525 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7526 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7527 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7528 VariadicCallType CallType); 7529 7530 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7531 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7532 bool IsCXXMember, 7533 VariadicCallType CallType, 7534 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7535 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7536 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7537 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7538 VariadicCallType CallType, 7539 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7540 7541 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7542 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7543 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7544 7545 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7546 unsigned BId, 7547 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7548 7549 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7550 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7551 7552 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7553 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7554 7555 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7556 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7557 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7558 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7559 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7560 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7561 7562 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7563 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7564 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7565 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7566 7567 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7568 Expr *Init); 7569 7570public: 7571 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7572 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7573 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7574 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7575 7576 struct TypeTagData { 7577 TypeTagData() {} 7578 7579 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7580 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7581 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7582 {} 7583 7584 QualType Type; 7585 7586 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7587 /// layout-compatibility. 7588 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7589 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7590 }; 7591 7592 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7593 /// identifies the magic value. 7594 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7595 7596private: 7597 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7598 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7599 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7600 7601 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7602 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7603 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7604 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7605 7606 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7607 /// 7608 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7609 Scope *CurScope; 7610 7611 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7612 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; 7613 7614protected: 7615 friend class Parser; 7616 friend class InitializationSequence; 7617 friend class ASTReader; 7618 friend class ASTWriter; 7619 7620public: 7621 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7622 /// 7623 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7624 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7625 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7626 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7627 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7628 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7629 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7630 7631 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7632 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; 7633 7634 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7635 7636 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7637 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7638 } 7639 7640 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7641 7642 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7643 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7644 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7645 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7646 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7647 return DC; 7648 } 7649}; 7650 7651/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7652class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7653 Sema &Actions; 7654 7655public: 7656 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7657 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7658 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7659 bool IsDecltype = false) 7660 : Actions(Actions) { 7661 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7662 IsDecltype); 7663 } 7664 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7665 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7666 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7667 bool IsDecltype = false) 7668 : Actions(Actions) { 7669 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7670 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7671 IsDecltype); 7672 } 7673 7674 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7675 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7676 } 7677}; 7678 7679} // end namespace clang 7680 7681#endif 7682